Manchester New Square
  • Search Site
  • Follow Us On Twitter
  • Follow Us On Instagram
  • Email Us
Close
Close
Close
Linter – 808
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 801
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 810
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 809
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 806
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 805
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 804
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates to home, which has multiple connotations – homegrown and homemade in a relaxed, homely environment.

Sustainability and provenance is so important and more and more people are coming to this realisation and being more careful with purchasing decisions. We showcase some absolutely fantastic local produce – Meats, Dairy, Eggs, Breads, Beers – there’s so many great products from the area, it would be a shame to look further afield.

What’s on the menu?

Our breakfast offering is very popular – we’ve got some great traditional options because let’s be honest, anywhere that has all the components of a Full English on their menu but won’t serve you a fry up, is a bit up their own arse. But for those who are a bit more adventurous, we do a mean baked eggs with mushrooms truffle oil, avo toast, vegan fry ups and a really good cinnamon and berry granola.

When it comes to lunch, a lot of our customers want something fast that they can either take with them back to the office, or go and eat in the park across the road, so we’ve designed the menu with this in mind. Grilled Halloumi Salad or a Chicken Hot Box with Salsa Verde are proving popular at the moment, along with the Sweet Potato and Chick Pea Curry with Baby Poppadoms.

How often do you change the menu?

The Menu changes every couple of months, depending on what’s seasonal (we were crippled recently by the spinach shortage – I know first world problems!). Chef and I have spent the morning experimenting with an Asparagus Benedict, so that will feature on the menu for the next couple of months

Specials change every day and we’re always open to adding new dishes based on demand.

Who are your customers?

We’ve a real mix, which makes our days all the more interesting! We have some super regulars who have been very loyal to the Chez brand since we opened. During the week, it is mostly the office folk who come in and at weekends we get a lot of local residents having a hangover afternoon brekkie. We also get a lot of tourists as well – Free Manchester Walking Tours leaves from Sackville Gardens across the way from us, so they will often come in for sustenance before walking the city.

What next for Chez?

Our menu has doubled in size since opening and I’m really proud of what we do, but we need to keep pushing ourselves. Otherwise it just becomes boring for us and boring for our customers. I do believe people like change, they like to try new options and nobody really wants to be a creature of habit.

In terms of growth, I’d be lying if I said I didn’t feel there was room for another Chez in Manchester, but obviously it has to be when the time and location is right.

How do you feel about the development of Manchester New Square?

I think it will be really important in resurrecting a part of town that is starting to need the love. I don’t think many Mancunians would disagree that this has been a long time coming. I can’t honestly remember the site not being a building site.

What is special about this corner of Manchester?

I love the diversity of this part of Manchester. Sandwiched between Piccadilly and Oxford Rd Stations, we are surrounded by offices and apartments and sit on the edge of the Village, the Universities and China town. The abundance of hotels in the area provides a slightly touristy feel.

What’s also really nice is the neighbourhood feel that exists, lots of familiar faces and local ‘celebrities’. We’re in the heart of the city but sometimes it feels like we’re in a hamlet. I really do think we help to add to that kind of an environment. We’ve created a really warm and friendly place that means our customers keep coming back. Someone coined the phrase ‘Friends of Chez’ – It’s cheesy as hell, but it really does make sense.

We’re not a 5 Star Hotel and we are by no means a 3 Rosette Restaurant, but the key principles of hospitality remain the same – we’re a friendly place to come in, have a chat, enjoy a great cup of coffee with some fantastic, fresh local food – and walk away with change from your tenner.

Chez can be found at 36 Whitworth Street and is open Mon-Fri 7.30-17.30 and weekends 9-15.00 hrs.
@chezmcr

The impending development of any city centre site is always an exciting milestone for any architect or designer. In the case of Manchester New Square more so than most. Sitting redundant for over a decade, this prime piece of urban real estate is now ready to receive the high quality development the neighbourhood deserves. No more tired hoardings and concrete remains; Manchester New Square breathes new life into the heart of the city’s most cosmopolitan district.

With a new public space at the heart of Manchester New Square, pedestrian routes that were prevalent throughout the site’s Victorian heyday will reopen, creating a new address and destination within the city. The buzz from new restaurants and shops will activate this new place, populating the green public space at the core of the development, alongside the thoroughfares of Princess St, Whitworth St and Rochdale canal.

This new destination is carved from the robust and sculpted geometry of three new residential buildings that bound the site: Linter, Calico and Carding. The form and scale of each building carefully responds to its immediate site context. Each building is designed with its own individual character, with subtly different yet high quality finishes to common areas, and the individual treatment of brick finishes to each building’s facade. The cohesive sense of the scheme as a whole is reinforced through the language of large scale brick grids, imbued with a sense of depth and articulation, characteristics of the Conservation Area in which the development sits. The inherent weight and solidity of the brick façade, combined with full height acoustic windows, forms an effective barrier and creates a peaceful retreat from busy city life.

A wide range of different one, two and three bedroom apartments are finished to a standard befitting modern urban living, with designer kitchens and bathrooms the hallmark of quality from which everything else transcends. The development offers large and well naturally lit apartment layouts, including ensuite master bedrooms and many with dual aspect living spaces.

Built to last the pressures of both time and trend, Manchester New Square offers an opportunity to carve a peaceful home within the vibrancy of everything Manchester has to offer.

For more information on SimpsonHaugh

Often ahead of the curve, new eateries and venues in Manchester constantly push the boundaries. This is a city that oozes diversity, almost normalising and downplaying the exciting and unconventional. 

The Refuge by Volta has ignited a synergy between two seemingly very different parties and entwined them to create a perfect, albeit unexpected bond. The Refuge is across the road from Oxford road train station and (very conveniently) just minutes away from Manchester New Square. 

DJs turned restauranteurs Justin Crawford and Luke Cowdrey started out in the Manchester music industry as the Unabombers, before opening their first restaurant in Didsbury – Volta. They then joined force with The Principle hotel and The Refuge was born. We had a chat with the pair to find out a bit more about the ideas and inspiration behind The Refuge. 

First of all congratulations! The Refuge seems to have really been very successful in its first 6 months or so in Manchester. Your partnership with The Principle Manchester has proved a fantastic one but perhaps a little unlikely? Were you excited to be working together? 

Having operated for 25 years in the back streets –  off piste –  it’s been a welcome addition to up our game with such a big project, an unlikely marriage and one that has so far been positive and enjoyable. The yin and yang of our relationship is wonderful, we know this street like the back of our hand, having both met here 32 years ago when students at Manchester Polytechnic, hanging out in the Cornerhouse watching subtitled Russian B movies. 

Your menu is inspired by your travels. Are there any particular countries/flavours/ingredients that you were keen to bring to life through the menu? Are there any moments or stories from your travels that inspired the dishes?

I guess the journey could be taken back to Cal Pep in Barcelona in 1991, where I experienced the delights of the Catalan culture and cuisine. Here informal casual eating was about sleeves rolled up, the best products, locally sourced with the hustle and bustle of people loving food. DJing took us further afield and increased our knowledge of food, hospitality and drink, the all-day dining, come as you are approach came from our extended trips to Australia, where we love their hospitality vibes. Food wise the Mediterranean, including the outer edges of North Africa and Persia helped shaped our global approach to sharing food family style.

The venue is a remarkable size. Was this overwhelming to work with initially and did it pose any challenges?

We love the opulence and the grandeur of The Refuge and for us, democratising the space to have a “come as you are” feel with casual dining, as opposed to fine dining, with a varied menu that incorporates local craft ale, were fundamental to making to this space accessible and not stuffy. This isn’t a hotel space, this is a public space.

Does The Refuge pay homage to your first restaurant Volta? 

Yes, it is a continuation of our no nonsense and relaxed approach to dining. The three course sequenced, starter then main then desert with white linen and French waiters constantly over filling wine glasses, was never part of our vision. We love the relaxed hanging out with friends and sharing with friends vision that inspired Volta in the first place

If you had to sum up The Refuge in three words what would they be? 

We need four – ‘Come As You Are’!

Visit Website

 

Urban&Civic launched the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square today (27th April).  The developer held an exclusive preview evening last night attended by investors, property agents, journalists, bloggers and project team including SimpsonHaugh, SieMatic, Project Kitchens, David Phillips, Lendlease and JLL Residential. The show apartment is now open and JLL has scheduled back-to-back appointments for the next few days with buyers interested in securing early deals off plan.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “We were delighted with the pre-launch and reactions to the show apartment from within the property industry and buyers. Once guests saw our fantastic model of the development and entered the generous living space and bedroom in a typical one bed, they started to get a real sense of the scale and space within Manchester New Square. Our apartments are typically larger than the average in Manchester with one beds up to 725 sq ft and two beds up to 985 sq ft. Many also commented on the fantastic location – close to all the amenities of a city centre, only a stone’s throw from Piccadilly and just 25 minutes to Manchester Airport.”

Urban&Civic has released the first phase of 117 apartments in the Carding Building, which will be completed during 2019. For further details visit www.manchesternewsquare.com or call 0161 200 1669.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available. Lendlease has been appointed as preferred contractor and will be starting on site next month.

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Press enquiries:

Cath Cookson

M: 07799 713941

Email: cath@cathcooksonpr.co.uk

Over the last few decades, Britain has seen a return to urban living and Manchester has been at the forefront of this socio-economic trend. Between 2001 and 2011, its city centre residents increased by 20,000 (83%) and around 7,000 new homes were built and sold in the city centre during this time.

Nearly 60% of these new residents had a degree and the majority were aged under 35. Between 1998 and 2011 jobs in the private sector grew by 44% and Manchester’s economy grew to £16.8 billion in the twelve months to Q4 2016.

So what is it like to have lived in the Whitworth Street area of Manchester for almost twenty years and what attracts people to city life? We caught up with local resident and intrepid traveller James who lives in Venice Court, opposite Manchester New Square….

How long have you lived in this area?

It’s (frighteningly) fast approaching two decades.

What first attracted you to this corner of Manchester?

Thinking back to 1998, being within crawling distance of Canal Street was probably a bigger factor than I’d like to admit.

What are the best aspects of living here?

Manchester has all the amenities of a big international city but the city centre is surprisingly compact. So everything is within easy walking distance.

Best places for dining out, drinks and coffee?

The breakfasts at Chez and Moose both help get me out of bed and the Portico Library is a stunning place to relax with a coffee.

Current regular places to eat out include Try Thai, Rudy’s and (having a Brazilian partner) Bem Brasil. Having Changos just around the corner is ideal when I’m feeling too lazy to cook.

The closest I have to ‘a local’ is The Molly House but, when the sun is shining, the beer garden at Rain Bar is a great spot.

Where do you work?

I work in Cheshire and need my car for work, so living on the south side of the city centre really helps with the commute. Having Piccadilly station just down the road is a massive benefit. I can be sat at home 2 hours and 20 minutes after leaving London. Trains to the airport are frequent, quick and run nearly around the clock. I arrived back from China over the Easter weekend and had a choice of three trains leaving the airport within 15 minutes. So, from passport control to home in under 30 minutes.

My partner works in Salford Quays so he can just walk to St Peter’s Square and get the tram straight to his office. The whole journey takes him around 20 minutes. Manchester even has free buses that go around the city centre, which can be helpful, especially on the odd occasion it rains.

How do you spend your weekends? 

HOME literally is my second home and is great for theatre, exhibitions, cinema, food or just drinks. The Royal Exchange and Studio has consistently fantastic productions and I also love Hope Mill, Contact and (the very quirky) Three Minute theatres.

When friends are visiting, the Museum of Science and Industry is normally the first place I take them. It’s an amazing place and gives a wonderful insight into Manchester’s industrial past.

Is there a sense of community here? 

My neighbours have included a barrister, pub landlord, train driver and nurse. So it’s definitely a diverse (but congenial) bunch who like to call Manchester city centre home. When I first moved to the city centre, the residents were mainly ‘twentysomethings’ but there are now all ages, including retirees wanting to live in the thick of the action. Having Manchester University’s beautiful Sackville Street building just across the road, my neighbours come from across the globe. The city centre as a whole is incredibly cosmopolitan. My partner moved over from Brazil a decade ago and he has a big group of Brazilian friends and loves that Manchester is such an international but friendly city.

A city with already so much to its name, Manchester is now also the home to The Crystal Maze Live Experience. Cast your mind back to the popular TV game show from the nostalgic nineties. If you were eager to try out the challenges yourself and be the star of the show, now is your chance. Manchester New Square is just a short walk across town from this epic new experience – definitely one to add to your bucket list if it isn’t there already.

The maze consists of four different zones: Aztec, Medieval, Industrial and Future. Within these zones, contestants are challenged to a collection of different games, testing a variety of skills. The games fall into four different categories: Mental; Physical; Skill; and Mystery.

The Crystal Maze is incredibly fun but the pressure really is on! You need to collect as many crystals as possible, as they are converted into time when you are inside the Crystal Dome at the end. Crystals are collected by winning games, so concentration, strength and technique are key!

You and your fellow contestants will be guided around the maze by your very own ‘Maze Master’. Guided is perhaps not the right word – you’ll be sprinting, crawling, clambering up ladders and much more to get from zone to zone! Initially your Maze Master may seem extremely lively, eccentric and your new best friend but watch out as they may try and sabotage your efforts on certain rounds… the Crystal Maze challenges are always trickier than they look. There’s no doubt your competitive side will make an appearance whether you class yourself as competitive or not!

If authenticity is important, then The Crystal Maze here in Manchester is extremely similar to the original game show set. You are sure to feel as though you have gone back in time. The brightly coloured bomber jackets also make an appearance! Although sadly these can’t be taken away with you… nor can the crystals. The strong new bond created between your teammates can though. Whether your team is made up of friends or strangers, by the end (or more likely after game 1) you’ll feel a strong connection having experienced The Maze together, no matter how successful your attempt!

The Crystal Maze Live Experience can be found in the Old Granada Studios. The adventure and challenges await!

Visit The Website

According to a recent Hometrack report, Manchester has seen the highest house price growth in the UK over the last year. The average price of a home in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8%, compared to 4.9% the previous year, storming ahead of London which has dropped to 10th place. So why is Manchester faring better than anywhere else in the UK and who is buying and why?

Affordability could be a big contributor. The average price of a home in London, according to Zoopla, is £659,539, whilst in Manchester average house prices currently stand at £172,000. Based on Hometrack’s figures, if you buy a city centre apartment in Manchester for £250,000, you could see capital growth of £22,000 a year. And £250,000 isn’t out of the grasp of many of the young professionals flocking to the city, particularly in the current environment of record low interest rates. Meanwhile in London you may need to stump up nearer to £800,000 for a central, city centre one bed apartment and your capital is growing at a lower rate of 5.6%.

City centre living at a relatively affordable price, with faster capital growth and – according to JLL – average annual rental growth over the next five years of 4.1%. Little wonder that Manchester is attracting attention.

There are a number of factors contributing to Manchester’s resurgence and growth. The city has one of the largest student populations in Europe with over 105,000 students. Manchester also has a very high graduate retention rate of 70% with young professionals attracted to its booming job market and affordable lifestyle. Several of Britain’s biggest companies are located in the city, including the Co-operative Group, Royal Bank of Scotland, AstraZeneca, BBC and ITV at MediaCityUK. There are even rumours of Channel 4 joining this growing media hub.

Manchester New Square is attracting interest from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.

Any hike in capital growth always comes with a warning however…..Hometrack doesn’t believe that growth will head towards 10% any time soon and expects the market to moderate over the coming months, as the impact of Brexit becomes clearer. It is also likely that with consumer prices growing at the same rate as wages, households may start to feel a squeeze on their finances and shouldn’t over commit.

If you are looking to invest in property, Manchester is the hot favourite right now and with growth of almost 9% understandably so!

Vibrant and cosmopolitan, Mancunions and the city’s 61 million annual visitors, are spoilt for choice when it comes to eating and drinking out. New bars and restaurants are constantly popping up all over the city but one of the most anticipated new arrivals is the stunning Grand Pacific bar and restaurant on King Street.

Once home to the infamous Liberal Reform Club, this was a gentlemen’s club for the Liberal Party Elite of Manchester and it is interesting to see how the new venue pays homage to its history. Jeremy Roberts, CEO of Living Ventures Group and mastermind behind Grand Pacific, provides a glimpse into his vision for their new venture.

What was your inspiration and vision for Grand Pacific?

“The inspiration came from the building itself. It was designed as a place of hospitality i.e. a club, unlike most other buildings of this era that have been converted from banks or other financial institutions. We wanted to bring it back to its former and original glory as a place where people relaxed and enjoyed themselves first and foremost. We have borrowed inspiration from grand hotels such as Raffles in Dubai to define that theme.

“Our vision was to create a place where hospitality shines through. A place where people simply want to spend time – day or evening! It offers an oasis, a bit of an escape from the normal offering”.

Since opening, what cocktails or dishes are proving the most popular?

“It is early days but crispy sea bass and the massaman curry look set to be classics of the menu. The signature Grand Pineapple and the mysterious Wax Seal are fast becoming firm favourites from the cocktail menu.”
Jeremy adds, “people want authenticity and I think we have achieved that”. This idea captures Grand Pacific at its very core, pointing to the incredible synergy between exotic and classical influences.

There’s plenty to experience at Grand Pacific – decadent cocktails with an after hours atmosphere; high tea with a Pacific twist; or an exotic food menu which takes inspiration from colonial and Asian cuisines. Just a short stroll from Manchester New Square, the venue looks set to become a contender within the city’s thriving foodie scene for many years to come. For a further glimpse into life here visit their Instagram page and Twitter feed but for the full experience be sure to go along and visit for yourself.

Visit the website

Urban&Civic will release the first phase of its 351 luxury 1, 2 and 3 bedroom apartments at Manchester New Square on the 27th April. The developer has appointed leading international firm Lendlease as its preferred contractor and initial works start on site in May.

Tickets are in high demand for an exclusive pre-launch, which will give purchasers the first chance to view the stunning show apartment. The Carding Building, with its 117 apartments, will be released exclusively to the UK market and will be available off-plan and completed during 2019.

Manchester New Square, designed by SimpsonHaugh, is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three residential buildings, surrounding an attractively landscaped and tranquil square. At ground floor level there will be a mixture of artisan restaurants and retailers, along with a private residents’ gym, lounge and 24 hour concierge. The apartments are all generously proportioned and larger than can be found in other new developments in the city. Secure basement car and cycle parking is also available.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “Like us, Lendlease has a fantastic track record in high quality, city centre, residential development. Our senior management team has a long affiliation with the company and together, we very much look forward to delivering the most exclusive new residences the city has seen for at least a decade.”

Manchester New Square is a short walk from Piccadilly, the Northern Quarter, world-class universities, fine art, shopping, cultural institutions, restaurants, bars and is only 25 minutes from the airport, where you can connect to over 200 worldwide destinations.

Philip adds. “All of the apartments will be available for sale and our agent JLL is registering significant interest pre-launch from a range of potential buyers, including young professionals, overseas investors, parents with students in the city, buy-to-let investors and those looking for additional retirement income. The central location has broad appeal and the site sits within an already established residential community, with fast access to the rest of the city and transport networks.”

According to Hometrack, house price growth in the capital of the Northern Powerhouse has increased by 8.8% over the last twelve months, speeding ahead of London and the South East. This is great news for investors and owner-occupiers alike, and JLL predicts average annual rental growth over the next five years of at least 4.1%. Better snap one up quick, as it seems there is no better place to invest in property right now.

Linter – 803
Filter Articles

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update.

MNSQ October 2019 Construction Update

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

Fast just got even faster.

Nine years ago, Hyperoptic was just an idea but is the now one of the fastest growing tech businesses in the UK. The company, which employs 1300 staff, is building its own dedicated fibre optic network across the UK and it is coming to Manchester New Square in April.

With Hyperoptic, our buyers can access broadband speeds 18x faster than the UK average and within minutes of getting the keys to their new home. Download and upload speeds of up to 1Gb are available and prices range from £20 to £45 a month, with no restrictive long term contract. This will make our development the best connected in Manchester.

It really is that simple.

The company has been awarded ‘Best Superfast Broadband’ provider by the Internet Service Providers’ Association for six years in a row. In 2019 it received awards for ‘Best Customer Service’ and ‘Best Business ISP’.   Hyperoptic also has a 5* rating from customers on Trustpilot.

So if you are looking to get connected call Rob on 0161 200 1669 or click here for more information.

 

Back in 2016, Urban&Civic partnered with David Phillips to design Manchester New Square’s luxury show apartment interiors and put together a furniture package for purchasers.

The vision – to create the most luxurious and spacious apartments in Manchester – is fast becoming a reality and with only twelve months until the first completions, buyers are working alongside David Phillips’ design team and glamorous, luxury sister company Milc, to visualise their new space and make the apartments their own.

Manchester New Square’s show apartment design took inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

Alistair Dickson of David Phillips comments, “This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect Simpson Haugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material. This doesn’t mean you can’t design your apartment your way however and we are here to help.

“With our knowledge of the development and local market, we are perfectly placed to assist with your furnishing requirements, whether you are an investor or setting up life in MNS.”

Urban&Civic and its main contractor LendLease are busy creating luxury finishes in bathrooms and kitchens, with the highest standards of fixtures and fittings. Now it is your turn to have some fun and design the final finishing touches, so you can literally move in, plug into our hyperoptic fibre broadband and head out to enjoy the city!

David Phillips and Milc interiors offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages or complete bespoke interior design to meet all budgets and requirements.

Full furniture packages from as little as £2,400 inc VAT for a one bedroom apartment.

Please contact alistair.dickson@davidphillips.com for more details.

Or click here for a furniture brochure. https://www.manchesternewsquare.com/brochures/furniture-packages-mns.pdf

We are just twelve months away from completing our first apartments at Manchester New Square. The three buildings have topped out and much of the exterior brickwork is now complete. Bathroom pods have been installed and a huge team of contractors are working on the high quality finishes that will make our apartments the envy of Manchester.

Over the coming months we thought it would be fun to introduce you to some of the people behind the project and first up is Steve Edge, whose team of designers came up with our brand, website and brochures….

Growing up in London, Steve was lucky to find his passion at the early age of 4 years in the form of glitter, magic markers and plastic scissors. Being severely dyslexic, Steve’s always seen his dyslexia as an asset and a source of creativity. “Where people usually go wrong with their brand is that they’re too informational.” With design, Steve swears it is all about being inspirational not informational and lateral not literal!

When Steve first came in contact with Manchester New Square, he was immediately intrigued. Steve knows Philip Leech, Urban&Civic’s Property Director, via fishing, which is a great passion of theirs, and that’s how he first got involved. Furthermore, Steve holds Manchester close to his heart as his father was born there and he’s always had a sweet spot for the people.

Philip Leech comments, “We approached a number of design agencies to come up with ideas for the project but Steve’s huge personality, bold use of colour, metallic finishes and the signature chevron pattern won us over. The team have created a user friendly web site and a suite of brochures which capture the spirit of the development perfectly.”

For further information about Steve Edge Design visit www.steve-edge.com.

Please click on the link for a full copy of our latest construction update…….

MNS update May 2019

To be added to our mailing list, please email Rob.Butler@eu.jll.com.

 

 

Urban&Civic Plc today (8 March) celebrated a key milestone in the construction of one of Manchester’s largest and most exclusive new residential developments.

Guests were welcomed to the Manchester New Square marketing suite at 56 Princess Street, before walking through the scheme to the roof of the Carding building, one of three residential buildings within the 351 apartment development. Distinguished guests included Leader of Manchester City Council Sir Richard Leese, funding partners Greater Manchester Pension Fund and Greater Manchester Housing Fund, plus the wider project team.

Sir Richard Leese commented,“Progress at Manchester New Square has been extremely welcome. This is an important site for the city’s continued regeneration and it is fantastic to see the area meet its potential, transforming what has been for many years an underused part of our city centre.”

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic commented, “This is a major milestone for the project, which is due for completion in the autumn of 2020. We are delighted with the quality of the workmanship from our main contractor LendLease and the way the buildings fit harmoniously within their surroundings.

“We will soon be able to announce the names of some of the restaurants and retailers on the ground floors as well as the details of the residents’ wellness centre. This is one of the most exclusive and desirable addresses in M1, just a stone’s throw from the Universities, Piccadilly Station, St Peter’s Square and the Northern Quarter. The quality of the development and its prime location has been endorsed by the high level of reservations we have received to date.”

Councillor Brenda Warrington, Chair of the Greater Manchester Pension Fund added, “We are delighted to be working alongside such a well-respected developer and to have reached this landmark stage in the project. I’m proud the Greater Manchester Pension Fund is willing to invest in the construction of this development, whilst securing a good return for our members’ pensions.

“Manchester New Square will provide new residential and commercial facilities, to create an exciting new city centre neighbourhood.We’re excited by the pipeline of potential investments and we look forward to working on more opportunities to achieve our twin aims of significant investment returns to pay our pensions promises, whilst delivering homes, infrastructure and jobs for Greater Manchester.”

Manchester New Square is located on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street and comprises three individually designed 12-15 storey buildings, set around a landscaped square. The 351 one, two and three bedroom apartments are all generously proportioned and benefit from floor to ceiling windows and high quality finishes.

At ground floor level, there will be a variety of restaurants and shops, creating a vibrant, artisan feel and a concierge office will be manned 24 hours with delivery drop off facilities.

  • Three 58m Luffing Jib cranes continue to construct all three buildings on site.
  • Floor plates have been poured to level 8 in Linter, level 10 in Carding and level 2 in Calico.
  • The cores in Carding and Linter are now fully topped out. Calico continues.
  • Bathroom pods have been installed to circa 180 apartments.
  • Installation of brick faced pre-cast concrete facades with glazing continues, as you can see in the accompanying images. Once fully established this process should continue at approximately one floor per week.
  • Internal apartment partitions have now commenced,  showing visible definition of apartments throughout the construction.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact Rob Butler as follows:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

 

Locke Hotels has opened its flagship aparthotel opposite Manchester New Square and we were delighted to be given a tour and the inside track last week, ahead of an official opening early next month.

This aparthotel concept is the group’s most ambitious venue to date. Housed on the corner of Whitworth Street and Princess Street, the 160-studio aparthotel, designed around a spectacular central glass atrium, includes a crossfit gym, an exclusive pop-up cocktail bar and immersive co-working spaces for both guests and city residents. Plus, it also houses a second Foundation Coffee House, which has expanded from its original home in the Northern Quarter.

Senior Sales Manager Craig comments, “Previously three former export mills, one Grade 2 Listed in the Scottish Baronial style, the venue has been transformed by acclaimed New York architects and designers Grzywinski+Pons to reflect the city’s culture, taking inspiration from its industrial past and progressive present. The team has combined elements of lux in interiors, textiles and colourways with the use of sage, taupe’s, apricots and terracotta, complimented by dark tones to reflect the Manchester sky resulting in the feel of noir luxury.

“Responding to the changing trends of today’s traveller, each suite or studio is designed to revolve around Locke’s designer living spaces, allowing guests to surround themselves in space and comfort. The result is a modern take on the designer aspirational second home with bespoke bathrooms and fully-fitted kitchens, ideal for short and longer stays.”

Eric Jafari, Locke’s Co-Founder and Creative Director adds, “Whitworth Locke encompasses our ambitions and is demonstrative of the brand’s future. This is a very special project for us.

“We know modern travellers increasingly value their social experiences and personal connections. We’ve created a space where people can truly feel at home. From our perspective, a second home is more than the four walls, it’s defined by a combination of your community and ability to maintain your daily habits.”

The Manchester New Square sales team will certainly be changing their habits and popping in on a regular basis. Our buyers will benefit too from additional investment in this already beautiful and historic corner of Manchester and we’re looking forward to sampling the cocktail and restaurant menus very soon.

Further information: @Lockehotels www.lockeliving.com

An independent study, launched at the British Embassy in Beijing by Manchester Mayor Andy Burnham, has found that direct flights between Manchester and Beijing has led to significant economic, social and cultural benefits across the North of England.

The report found, for example, that there has been a 38% increase in the number of Chinese visitors to the North since 2016 and the number of Chinese students in Greater Manchester has grown 9% in the same period. The report also found that there has been a surge in the number of World-leading academics attracted to carry out research at Northern universities over the past year.

The findings are replicated at the Manchester New Square marketing suite, which has seen a rise in enquiries from Chinese buyers, looking either for investment opportunities or apartments for family, occasionally for children studying in Manchester.

Rob Butler, Sales Consultant at JLL comments, “There are a number of reasons that we are seeing an increase in Chinese investment in Manchester. The city has one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK and some of our buyers already own property here, but direct flights to China obviously help accessibility and open up new markets and opportunities.

“It is also perhaps no surprise, given our close proximity at Manchester New Square to the city’s major universities, that we have had interest from both academics and parents whose children will be studying here. Given the cost of student accommodation and the fact that Manchester is seeing greater capital growth than other parts of the UK, some are choosing to buy rather than rent. We are a short stroll to Piccadilly Station too, with fast connections to the airport.”

As a result of the report’s findings, it is likely that more direct flights to China could be added in the future.

Zheng Xiyuan, Consul General, People’s Republic of China in Manchester, said:

“Each year there are more students, tourists, and businesses coming to Manchester to experience the unique charm, culture and opportunity that the North of England has to offer.

“With our ever-closer social, economic, and cultural links, the North of England is well placed to collaborate with China on major strategic opportunities spearheaded by the Belt and Road Initiative. I look forward to seeing a closer China-UK relationship bringing prosperity to the people of both nations.”

 

Manchester New Square is now 40% sold and coming out of the ground at a rate of one floor per month. Our buyers are a mix of both owner occupiers and investors.

We thought it would be interesting to catch up with some of them over the coming months to find out what influenced their purchase and why they have chosen to invest here. First up is Fraser, a first time buyer….

“I liked the fact that the sales team at Manchester New Square’s show apartment were very informative about the development and timescales. They applied no sales pressure to buy and provided a real insight into how the development and apartments would look when completed, which gave me confidence to make an offer.

“Property is all about location and these apartments are genuinely located in the heart of the city centre. Literally everything I could possibly need is on my doorstep. I am a first time buyer and the whole process of buying off plan was explained fully, so that I was well informed from start to finish.

“I had looked at other new build apartments in Manchester but Manchester New Square is better located for all amenities and transport links. It helped to see the show apartment – which is a typical one bed – and walk around the space. They are well designed and much larger than other new build apartments in the city. Definitely worth a look if you haven’t done so already.”

For further information on availability please contact our sales team on 0161 200 1669.

Manchester has always had its fair share of restaurants from fine dining to more casual offerings, but 2018 looks set to be the most exciting year yet for local foodies and visitors alike.

As a resident at Manchester New Square, you are just a stone’s throw from some of the most exciting restaurant concepts in the UK and there is more to come!

The city’s multicultural population means that every nationality of food is available – from Armenian to Brazilian – and there are venues to suit every budget. But Manchester has recently taken Harden’s crown as the UK’s fastest improving foodie city outside London and we can see why. There are perhaps more openings planned this year than ever before, so the culinary city of the North doesn’t look like it is slowing down any time soon.

It is not just high profile restaurants like 20 Stories and The Ivy that are attracting national and international attention. Manchester always likes to do things its own way and there are some new and interesting chefs and restaurateurs whipping up something very different on the menu this year. Here are a few highlights…

Fancy a chippy with a hip-hop twist? Local street food trader The Hip Hop Chip Shop is set to open its first permanent restaurant this summer in Sawmill Court, Ancoats. The owners have been busy fundraising to make this dream happen and people have been buying meals in advance to get the project over the line. There is therefore a lot of local love and investment to make this project a success.

The Jane Eyre Neighbourhood Bar is also set to open soon in Ancoats, at One Cutting Room Square. Serving a mix of continental snacks, cocktails, and local beers, the bar is named not after a certain well-known novel, but by the owners’ Mum. Brother Jonny and Joe said, “We took inspiration for the Jane Eyre from our late mum and have been searching for the right neighbourhood and space to get the ball rolling. We’re going to be serving simple food and drinks made using high-quality ingredients. The cocktail menu will lead the way, and we will be serving a range of keg and bottled beers to showcase Manchester’s finest breweries.”

Sticking with Ancoats, Altrincham-based Sugo Pasta Kitchen has also announced plans for its second 60-seater restaurant. Founded in 2015 by Alex De Martiis, Michael De Martiis and Jonny Marcogliese, Sugo Pasta Kitchen specialises in southern Italian cooking, inspired by the trio’s Italian heritage. This ‘stripped back’ space in Sawmill Court is at the heart of what was once Manchester’s own Little Italy.

At St Peter’s Square, just ‘round the corner from Manchester New Square, healthy fast food chain Friska opened in March and is proving popular with office workers and residents alike. Offering great coffee, salads, sushi boxes, hot boxes, sandwiches, wraps, bao buns, burritos, soups and Vietnamese Pho noodle pots, there is no room for boredom, whether you are popping in for breakfast, lunch or dinner.

And last but not least, ex-Noma chef Simon Martin is hoping to push the city’s restaurant offer to the next level. The 27-year-old chef worked for two years at the two Michelin-starred restaurant in Copenhagen but has returned to the North West to set up his first venture.

“We didn’t really consider anywhere else…When we were looking at opening a restaurant it was always going to be Manchester. I love the people here. I love the city. I think it’s got an amazing food scene right now, which is very up and coming, and I felt really strongly about doing my own thing.”

Friska

St Peter’s Square

Friska

Internal photo of Friska

Mana will be opening very soon at Sawmill Court and will offer an informal dining experience, serving a menu of ten to fifteen plates in quick succession, to showcase the best of British produce.

Philip Leech, Property Director at Urban&Civic comments, “It seems just when you think Manchester couldn’t extend its food offer any further, something else new and inventive pops up. We will be marketing our own restaurant, café and retail units on the ground floor at Manchester New Square early next year and have already had a number of approaches from some exciting operators.

“As one of the largest and most prestigious addresses in the city, our focus will be on a high quality, artisan offer that services the needs of our 500+ residents. This may include for example, a high quality coffee shop, bakery, florist and wine bar, to sit alongside the gym and fully manned 24 hour concierge service.”

Watch this space Manchester and happy dining….

Calico, the final phase at Manchester New Square, was released in early February. After a successful launch event, sales have been agreed at a steady pace. While there are a good mix of units still available, there is a particularly limited number of one and three bedroom apartments left in the development.

The basement works, consisting of four levels of underground parking, were completed in March, having commenced in June 2017. This was a milestone moment in the development process and we expect progress of this nature to continue at pace.

Two 58m Luffing Jib cranes now dominate the site since being erected at the beginning of March. Construction works are now clearly visible from a distance and on a grand scale.

As you can see from the images in this update, the site is a hive of activity. Piling works on site have now completed, progress of the columns and cores has now begun.

The construction of concrete frames for both Carding and Linter commenced in the middle of March and we look forward to watching the buildings take shape in the weeks ahead. Construction will continue floor by floor and we expect to see the structure progress at a rate of one floor per month.

Passing traffic can now see Manchester New Square’s relationship with the Canal & River Trust as the smart, new hoardings have been erected along Canal Street.

The most up to date progress can be found using our social media outlets – please feel free to follow, share and like.

If you have any questions or would like to enquire about current availability, please contact:

rob.butler@eu.jll.com +44 161 200 1669 or +44 7710 965 668

 

With one of the oldest and largest Chinese communities in the UK, it is no wonder that Manchester celebrates Chinese New Year in style. From fabulous food to acrobatics, dancing, music, dragons, firecrackers and fireworks, this celebration is a must see.

Red lanterns have already appeared all over the city as excitement builds for this weekend. Chinese New Year is on Friday but many activities take place on Saturday and Sunday. It is the year of the dog and people born in these years are thought to to demonstrate traits of loyalty and honesty.

A giant golden dragon returns to St Ann’s Square for the Chinese Food Market on Saturday and Sunday from 11am to 7pm. Enjoy traditional festive dumplings, steamed buns and dim sum from a wide variety of stalls.

At Manchester Arndale, the Confucious Institute and Centre for Chinese Contemporary Art, will be introducing children to cultural activities such as Chinese knot making between 11am and 5pm on Saturday.

Manchester’s Art Gallery will also be a hive of activity, with musician Henry Fung performing Chinese music, which inspires the movements of traditional Dragon Dancers and Lion Dancers. Children can enjoy creating artwork, storytelling and face painting. And at HOME, you can watch some of the best Chinese language films such as Godspeed, as well as see contemporary art by female Chinese artists, part of a national exhibition.

Many of the city’s retailers have giveaways, VIP shopping events and promotions planned and on Sunday, red envelopes are being handed out at Metrolink’s Exchange Square stop with a chance to win up to £250 of shopping vouchers.

The celebrations culminate on Sunday with the The Dragon Parade, which departs Albert Square at 12 noon. The spectacular 175 foot dragon, is accompanied by traditional lion dancing, martial arts displays, food stalls, a funfair with over 20 rides on Charlotte Street, and a huge fireworks display at 6pm in Chinatown.

And here at Manchester New Square, we are celebrating Year of the Dog with special deals for you and your canine flatmates. We are a dog friendly development and can provide dog-walking services via a 24 hour concierge, so you can now live in the city you love, with the canine companion you love. Please call 0161 200 1669 for details.

We wish our neighbours in Manchester’s Chinatown and our Chinese friends all over the World, health and prosperity this coming year.

 

 

Construction works have been continuing apace at Manchester New Square, with the new 250 space basement car park nearing completion. As the contractors finish off these works, we can expect to see the first of the three tower cranes being erected on site during the Spring, with the concrete frames for Carding & Linter following shortly thereafter.

Sales have progressed well with over 100 apartments now sold in Linter & Carding and we expect strong interest in Calico, the final building, where we will be releasing a limited number of brand new one and two bedroom apartments in February this year.

The prospects for investors at Manchester New Square remain excellent with recent research published by Hometrack showing a 6.6% growth in Manchester house prices, compared to a UK average of 4.7%. Manchester is consistently showing yoy growth of well over 6% and it is predicted that with current population growth, there will be 84,000 extra people looking for homes in the city by 2025.

There has also been good news in other parts of the city centre, with the opening of Global workspace provider WeWork’s new hub. The brand claims Manchester is “an increasingly appealing destination which provides a fantastic work life balance”. Its decision reflects the city’s growing reputation for innovation, media and technology with 8,000 Mancunians starting their own business last year alone.

Prestigious London celebrity hang out The Ivy is also opening a purpose built, 4 storey restaurant at The Pavilion, Byram Street this Spring. And they aren’t the only luxury new offer in the city with D&D’s two Michelin star rooftop restaurant ’20 Stories’ opening 100m in the air next month.

In summary, Manchester’s renaissance continues to lead the rest of the UK, both in terms of commerce, lifestyle and sport.

If you would like to enquire about current availability please email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call our show apartment on 0161 200 1669.

We know it is a bit early…but we couldn’t help ourselves and have pulled a couple of treats out of Santa’s sack. Our sales team has just released two of the largest apartments in Manchester:

Apartments of the Month – Plot 101 Linter Building, £339,500 (2 bed) and Plot 201 Linter Building, £399,950 (3 bed)

Plot 101

A spacious 838 sq ft two bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 101 sits in the heart of the development with open plan living aspect along Venice Street. Four floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite.

Plot 201

A spacious 1100 sq ft three bedroom, 2 bathroom apartment, Plot 201 has open plan living aspect overlooking the courtyard in the centre of the development. Five floor to ceiling windows flood the space with natural light. The master bedroom comprises fitted wardrobes and en suite. The second and third bedrooms are also extremely spacious.

Both apartments feature SieMatic kitchens and boast the highest quality fixtures and fittings. Secure underground parking is available too.

Two of the largest apartments in Manchester so won’t hang around for long! Reserve now from only a 5% deposit (t&c’s apply).

Call JLL on 0161 200 1669, email rob.butler@eu.jll.com or call in to our show apartment at 56 Princess Street, M1 6HS to get a sense of the space on offer at Manchester New Square.

Christmas is a magical time in Manchester and with the Christmas Market now in full swing, there is no excuse to put off indulging in the festivities.

Manchester’s world famous Christmas market returned on the 10th November and will be open until the 20th December. It is a great place to shop for presents and Yuletide produce and is a hugely popular leisure destination. No Mancunian winter is complete without a wander through the chalet-lined streets, taking in a Glühwein, hot chocolate and Bratwurst or two.

The main market centres around Albert Square in front of Manchester’s Town Hall and is open every day from 10am to 9pm. The wooden stalls here remain open for an extra day, until the 21st December. The choice of food is endless, from Hungarian goulash to Spanish paella and hog roasts, from pancakes to profiteroles.

Launched in 1999 at St Anne’s Square, the market is hugely popular and attracts millions of visitors each year. This year it is spread across no less than 10 sites and includes a French Market, German Market and hundreds of stalls selling Christmas presents, leather goods, decorations, food and drink.

The ice rink is also back in Cathedral Gardens and is open from 11am to 9pm every day (excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day), until the 7th January.

And if you would like to live just a short stroll from the Christmas markets, call us on 0161 200 1669 for further details.

Get a date in the diary and soak in that atmosphere. Merry Christmas from all of us at Manchester New Square!

Manchester New Square’s luxury apartment interiors take inspiration from the site’s history and scheme’s branding, with a soft and neutral colour palette and on trend accessories.

We caught up with interior designer Lauren Maylor at David Philips to explain her influences and how she designed the stunning show apartment, now open at 56 Princess Street.

“The main source of my inspiration was the scheme’s branding, designed by Steve Edge Design, alongside the buildings’ context and history. This part of Manchester was home to mills and warehouses during the industrial revolution and the scale and heritage of these buildings still lingers in this corner of the city. Architect SimpsonHaugh’s vision for Manchester New Square was in part, to create a peaceful retreat from city life and our interiors reflect this.

“We have developed a contemporary and fresh feel to the scheme, with broad appeal to potential homeowners. The show apartment reflects current trends and includes hints of brass, marble, and geometric shapes. A relatively neutral colour palette has been enhanced using pops of colour and geometric textured fabrics and finishes – a nod to the chevrons and patterns in the Manchester New Square marketing material.

“The hi-spec Siematic ‘Pure’ range kitchens and quality bathrooms have been dressed using modern accessories. Soft close drawers and cabinets, Corian worktops, floor to ceiling acoustic windows, wardrobe lighting and dual aspect living spaces all contribute to a peaceful setting, only moments from a vibrant city with everything on your doorstep.”

David Philips Residential can offer a comprehensive service to purchasers at Manchester New Square including furniture packages, replenishment furniture, home staging and relocation furniture rental.

Furnishing an investment property takes more than just good taste – it also requires a deep understanding of the local rental market too. Our furniture package service provides a comprehensive turnkey solution, with a wide range of options to suit all property sizes and budgets. David Philips premium installation service or ‘white gloves service’ is included as standard and includes making beds, ironing bed linen, hanging pictures and mirrors and final dressing with accessories.

One bedroom apartment packages range from £1,999 to £3,499. Three bedroom apartments range from £3,999 to £6,449. Of course Lauren’s team can also design you something bespoke if you prefer a personal touch.

Contact JLL on 0161 200 1669 for further details or contact Lauren at Lauren.Maylor@davidphillips.com, Tel 020 3872 2295.

Lauren Maylor at Manchester New Square’s show apartment

Manchester New SquareManchester New Square

We at Manchester New Square believe that luxury shouldn’t be exclusive.

We are proud of our design team which includes SimpsonHaugh architects, David Phillips interior design and Project Kitchens.

And we are proud to be working with our main contractor LendLease, which has vast global experience in delivering high quality schemes on time and on budget.

Manchester New Square will be the best new apartments in the city for at least a decade. We have left nothing to chance. Every tiny detail from 24 hour concierge (who will look after your every need), to underground secure parking, to light fittings, kitchen appliances, storage solutions, wall and floor finishes, and residents’ lounge, has been poured over.

These large, luxury apartments will provide the highest standards of design and specification including SieMatic Kitchens.

As our first scheme in Manchester, we at Urban&Civic want you to be blown away by the quality of the design and finish. But we don’t want you to be blown off course by price.

That’s why we are delighted to announce that we are launching a 5% deposit campaign aimed at UK residents only.

Pay 5% now, 5% further down the line and the rest on completion, end of 2019. That gives you time to save your remaining deposit, invest and relax, whilst we get busy building your new home.

If you need convincing that Manchester is a good place to invest right now, please chat to our sales team at JLL on 0161 200 1669, read our blog written by Real Estate journalist David Thame, or just google it!

Manchester has a growing population, a growing economy and Manchester City Council predicts that 84,000 extra people will be looking for homes by 2025. Sounds as good a reason as any to bag your city centre apartment now. 40% already sold.

Visit our show apartment at 56 Princess Street to find out more.

Manchester’s frequent and exciting markets are very popular – possibly something to do with the inclusive, community spirit they bring with them. From tasting samples of food, drink and artisan produce, to browsing homemade gifts and crafts, there is much to do. The markets celebrate all that is locally produced and crafted with the very best, award winning stalls waiting to be explored.

Whether you are an art enthusiast, a foodie, have a love for vintage or you just enjoy a great atmosphere, the markets are calling!

The Makers Markets

www.themakersmarket.co.uk

The Makers Markets can be found throughout Greater Manchester every month. Stevenson Square in the Northern Quarter is held on the second Sunday of the month and Spinningfields’ market during the third weekend of the month. An array of cheese, pies, olives, chutneys, chocolates and more are sure to get your taste buds tingling. The vibrant colours and alluring aromas of the different produce are enticing, so be sure to bring lots of change for everything you will want to bring back with you!

A mix of creatives bring their work to the Makers Market. From wall art and prints to sculptures and craft work, expect anything and everything. It is a great opportunity to soak up some of the finest creative talent that Manchester has to offer.

Manchester Markets

If you head down to Piccadilly Gardens on either Thursday, Friday or Saturday between 11am and 5.30pm, you will find the Street Food Market. Pulling flavours and dishes from all around the globe, this market is a great spot for lunch on the go. If the weather is nice, this is a perfect picnic opportunity with Piccadilly Gardens’ green grass just behind the stalls. Whether you fancy jerk chicken, paella, falafel, hog roast, dim sum or a tasty cupcake, there’s something for every craving. On Friday and Saturday, these delicious food stalls are joined by a range of craft stalls, also inspired by and created in different countries around the world. Beautiful jewellery and handmade cushions are just some of the things to discover here.

Altrincham Market & Market House

http://www.altrinchammarket.co.uk

If you are in the mood for venturing a little out of town, just a half hours drive or tram ride south of Manchester is Altrincham Market. Open Tuesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday the markets offer something different every day of the week. Warm, freshly baked bread; beautiful flowers; rich, silky coffee; and an array of fresh and locally produced brunch dishes are just some of the delights to be expected here.

Throughout the month, each Sunday focuses on a different theme: Design, Food, Vintage and Craft. Saturday is the day to come and explore all of the traditional favourites though. From wood-fired pizza and seasonal pies to sweet treats and delicious drinks, it really is a foodie’s heaven.

The Christmas Markets

Come November, Manchester city centre starts sprouting rustic wooden huts and alpine-style lodges. The city is transformed into a festive wonderland, with streets and streets of Christmas Markets to be discovered. Whether you are after a warming Bratwurst and a baileys hot chocolate, or you need to do a spot of Christmas shopping, there is something for everyone. Visit after work with colleagues for a German Beer or Gluhwein keeping warm in one of the cosy beer houses. Why not come along with your partner for a romantic stroll, tasting the different cheeses, chocolates and fudge on offer and have a browse of the beautifully crafted jewellery. Wrap up warm and go for a wander over the weekend to stock up on Christmas gifts that are sure to be personal and unique, perfect for everyone on your list.

The Manchester Christmas Markets are just a short walking distance from Manchester New Square so you can easily lose yourself in the maze of festive scents, pine trees and twinkling lights. Life in Manchester during these weeks leading up to Christmas is sure to be filled with treats, drinks and plenty of magical visits to the markets.

You don’t have to look far to explain Manchester’s reputation as a residential property hot-spot.

There’s just one thing that turbo-charges a residential property market: a growing population. And Manchester’s population is growing fast.

Figures from the government’s Office for National Statistics (published June 2017) show the City of Manchester population at 541,000, up 2 per cent in just twelve months, and up 7 per cent since 2012.

Manchester City Council projects a further rise of 16 per cent by 2025 taking the population to 625,000. That’s 84,000 extra people looking for homes. Many of them will be hoping to roost in the city centre whose population is expected to rise from 50,000 to around 80,000 by 2024. Two thirds of the city centre’s population will be private renters.

City council projections also suggest that Manchester will exceed a target of 2,500 new homes per year by 2017/18, and the following year could be as much as 4,000 new homes – far higher than the circa 1,000 to 1,500 new homes per year delivered between 2010 and 2015.

The story gets better because not only are there more people looking for homes, but those people are getting wealthier.

The surge in housing demand comes as the city’s economy turns in above-trend performances. The Manchester economy is forecast to expand by 2.3 per cent a year between 2017 and 2021 (compared to just 1.9 per cent in Leeds). Even if Brexit turbulence knocks the froth out of the market, above trend growth seems assured. The same is true of employment growth, forecast to rise by 4.5 per cent over the same period (more than double the projection for Leeds).

More housing demand from increasingly affluent residents? For developers, Manchester is no-brainer. The consensus is that the current city centre developer pipeline hovers around 7,000 units. There are ten residential schemes over 25 storeys at various stages of construction.

However, new homes take time to build, and the delay helps nudge prices up. Data from Hometrack – which embraces the suburbs as well as the city centre – suggests Manchester house prices rose 6.7 per cent in the last twelve months. This makes UK-wide growth of 4.7 per cent look sluggish.

Manchester house price growth generally out-performs the North West, where JLL predict 18.1 per cent cumulative uplift 2017-2022 and the latest data seems to prove it. City centre sale prices jumped by 15 per cent in 2016. JLL predict a more modest city centre price rise of 7 per cent in 2017 and suggest cumulative growth of 28.2 per cent by 2022.

These rate-of-growth figures are the numbers that matter for investors, whether buy-to-let newbies of the larger international operations. So far they’ve had no reason to complain about rising capital values whilst rental growth easily out-paces alternative investments. Once again, the data varies from consultancy to consultancy, but the trend line is clear: average rents are up 6.9 per cent in 2016, following an 8.5 per cent increase in 2015.

JLL report that at the end of 2016 average rents for one and two bedroom flats in the city centre were circa £875 a month and £1,100 a month. Better properties or those in high-demand blocks command rents from £1,100 to £1,600.

 

David Thame writes for Estates Gazette and the Manchester Evening News.

Urban&Civic is delighted to report that our main contractor Lendlease and sub contractor Adana are now on site commencing a 30 week programme of works on the basement at Manchester New Square.  

Over the last few weeks, the site has been cleared and existing basement structure has been cleaned in preparation. Over 100 construction jobs will be created in this first phase and workers will be on site from 7.30am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday.

This is the start of a partnership, which will deliver 351 exclusive 1,2 and 3 bedroom apartments, on a key site in the heart of the city.

Lendlease’s aim at all times is to minimise impact on neighbouring businesses and residents, however at certain times and during specific processes, there will be a level of noise and disruption. If you do have any concerns please contact Lendlease’s site office or email cath.cookson@urbanandcivic.com. Adana and Lendlease will be monitoring vibrations and noise on site throughout the 30 week programme.

Lendlease is a member of the Considerate Constructor’s Scheme and has a strong heritage in the North. Major projects include the Trafford Centre, MediaCity, Spinningfields, Kings Waterfront, Liverpool John Lennon Airport, education projects such as the Lancashire Building Schools for the Future Programme and residential projects such as Potato Wharf in Manchester. 

The contractor’s recent accolades include Diversity Champion of the Year at the Construction News awards.

Superstructure works are scheduled to start in December 2017/January 2018. A further 450 jobs will be created in this next phase of construction.

Urban&Civic has now released apartments in two of the three buildings within Manchester New Square – Carding and Linter. Please contact our marketing suite on 0161 200 1669 for details.

 

Moving into a new apartment is such an exciting time for many reasons. If you are moving into a new city, you have a whole, unexplored world at your doorstep to discover and immerse yourself within. Perhaps you are moving in with a partner for the first time, or with your best friends. The changes are exciting and mark the beginning of a new chapter. A change of address is also a great excuse for homeware shopping. It is an opportunity to put your own stamp on a new place and pick up some pieces that will transform your apartment into a home.

Threaded throughout Manchester city centre are a whole array of different stores selling homeware and accessories. Whether your style is modern and monochrome, vibrant and eclectic, there is plenty to feast your eyes upon. 

Popular lifestyle and fashion retailer, Oliver Bonus recently opened its largest store outside London in the heart of Manchester’s shopping streets. The current range incorporates a lot of copper and marble. Raise a toast to your new apartment with their gorgeous metallic champagne glasses and keep your wine bottles stored on their gold wine rack table. Inject a dash of Scandinavian style to your morning coffee with their bright and bold Carracca espresso cups and saucers. 

Bring hints of the exotic into your new apartment with the help of House of Fraser. A treasure trove of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern inspired prints, colours and accessories can be found here. The rustic tribal patterns marry perfectly with modern monochrome and simplicity. Bring this style into your bedroom for a cosy, on trend finish. 

A classic and very simple way to instantly make your new space feel fresh and alive is with the addition of a few green plants and flowers. Urban Outfitters has an extensive collection of these. Plants come in vibrant pots bringing splashes of colour to a bedside table or window ledge. Hanging planters in simple metal frames are the modern way to go about bringing the outdoors inside.

And if you are partial to one-offs, antiques or quirky buys, the Northern Quarter in Manchester, a short walk from Manchester New Square, is laden with boutiques, independent shops and markets. Inviting shop windows appear as though from nowhere. Should curiosity get the better of you, there is no doubt you will stumble upon something unique and special. A mix of old and new is a great way to bring character into your living space.

But if you are going to be just too busy for shopping and you’d just like to replicate our stunning show apartment, please ask about furniture and accessories packages available through our interior designer David Phillips. We have sourced some beautiful and contemporary pieces, to make your life as an owner-occupier or landlord that little bit easier.

Manchester’s food scene is an ever changing and exciting melting pot of quality, menus, cultures, style and price points. Whatever your stomach so desires, Manchester can generally come up trumps. And if sustainable, locally sourced food, served with a smile for under a tenner, ticks your boxes, welcome to Chez.

We sat down with owner Michael Jebelli to find out where this neighbourhood home from home began….

How long has Chez been open?

We opened at the end of April 2016. It really has flown by – I need to stop telling people we’re new!

What is your background? 

I have worked in hospitality all of my life. My parents ran a restaurant and I was helping out from the age of 5. In my adult life, I have worked in high-end hotels between Manchester & London, working my way up from a Bartender to Food & Beverage Manager and eventually Hotel Ops Manager.

I have always had the desire to run my own business and a few years ago tried crowdfunding for a restaurant concept, but didn’t raise quite enough capital. When I saw this corner site on Whitworth Street become available, I thought this is something we can do on a relatively small budget and Chez was born.

Why Chez?

Our key principles are sustainable, locally sourced food, which is delivered in fresh and prepared on site. Chez loosely translates